1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2023 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occurs.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
281 * DOC: TID configuration
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
443 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
444 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
445 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
447 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
448 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
449 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
450 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
451 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
454 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
455 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
456 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
457 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
458 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
459 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
461 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
462 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
463 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
464 * global regdomain will be returned.
465 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
466 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
467 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
468 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
469 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
470 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
471 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
472 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
473 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
474 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
475 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
476 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
477 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
478 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
479 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
480 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
481 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
482 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
483 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
484 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
485 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
486 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
488 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
489 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
491 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
492 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
494 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
495 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
496 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
497 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
498 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
499 * added to all specified management frames generated by
500 * kernel/firmware/driver.
501 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
502 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
503 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
504 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
505 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
506 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
508 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
509 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
510 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
511 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
512 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
514 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
515 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
517 * partial scan results may be available
519 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
520 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
521 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
522 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
523 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
524 * These attributes are mutually exclusive,
525 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
526 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
527 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
528 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
529 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
530 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
531 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
532 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
533 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
534 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
535 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
536 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
537 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
538 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
539 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
540 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
542 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
543 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
544 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
545 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
547 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
548 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
549 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
550 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
551 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
552 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
553 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
555 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
557 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
558 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
560 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
561 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
562 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
563 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
564 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
565 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
566 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
568 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
569 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
570 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
571 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
572 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
573 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
575 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
576 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
577 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
578 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
579 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
580 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
581 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
582 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
583 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
584 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
585 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
586 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
587 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
588 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
589 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
590 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
591 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
592 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
593 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
594 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
595 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
596 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
597 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
598 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
599 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
600 * the beacon hint was processed.
602 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
603 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
604 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
605 * authentication process.
606 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
607 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
608 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
609 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
610 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
611 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
612 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
613 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
614 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
616 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
617 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
618 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
619 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
620 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
621 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
622 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
623 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
624 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
625 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
626 * pending authentication timed out).
627 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
628 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
629 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
630 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
631 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
632 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
633 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
635 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
637 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
639 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
640 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
641 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
643 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
644 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
645 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
646 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
647 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
648 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
649 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
651 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
652 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
653 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
654 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
655 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
656 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
657 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
658 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
659 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
660 * determined by the network interface.
662 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
663 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
666 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
667 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
668 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
669 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
670 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
674 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
675 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
676 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
677 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
678 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
679 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
680 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
681 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
682 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
683 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
684 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
685 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
686 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
687 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
688 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
689 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
690 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
691 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
692 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
693 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
694 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
695 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
696 * a different BSS is desired.
697 * Background scan period can optionally be
698 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
699 * if not specified default background scan configuration
700 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
701 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
702 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
703 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
704 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
705 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
706 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
707 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
708 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
709 * well to remain backwards compatible.
710 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
711 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
712 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
713 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
714 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
715 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
716 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
717 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
718 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
719 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
720 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
722 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
723 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
725 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
726 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
727 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
728 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
729 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
730 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
731 * frequency for the operation.
732 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
733 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
734 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
735 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
737 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
738 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
739 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
740 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
741 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
742 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
743 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
744 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
745 * uniquely identify the request.
746 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
747 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
749 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
750 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
751 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
753 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
754 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
755 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
756 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
757 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
758 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
759 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
760 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
761 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
762 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
763 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
764 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
765 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
766 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
767 * backward compatibility
768 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
769 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
770 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
771 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
772 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
773 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
774 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
775 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
776 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
777 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
778 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
779 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
780 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
781 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
782 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
783 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
784 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
785 * is used during CSA period.
786 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
787 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
788 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
790 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
791 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
792 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
793 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
794 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
795 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
796 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
798 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
799 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
800 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
801 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
802 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
803 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
804 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
805 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
806 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
807 * backward compatibility.
809 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
810 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
812 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
813 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
815 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
816 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
818 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
819 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
820 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
821 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
822 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
823 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
824 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
825 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
826 * precedence when they are used.
828 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
829 * (no longer supported).
831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
832 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
833 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
834 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
835 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
836 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
837 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
838 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
839 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
840 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
841 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
842 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
843 * command, the feature is disabled.
845 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
846 * mesh config parameters may be given.
847 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
848 * network is determined by the network interface.
850 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
851 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
852 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
853 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
854 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
855 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
857 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
858 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
859 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
860 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
861 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
862 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
863 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
864 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
865 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
866 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
867 * depending on the authentication result.
869 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
870 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
871 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
872 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
873 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
874 * more background information, see
875 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
876 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
877 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
878 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
879 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
880 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
881 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
883 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
884 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
885 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
886 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
887 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
888 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
889 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
891 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
892 * of PMKSA caching candidates.
894 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
895 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
896 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
897 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
898 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
899 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
900 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
901 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
902 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
903 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
904 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
905 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
906 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
907 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
908 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
910 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
911 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
912 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
913 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
915 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
916 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
917 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
918 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
919 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
921 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
922 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
923 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
924 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
926 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
927 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
928 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
929 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
930 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
931 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
932 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
934 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
935 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
936 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
937 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
939 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
940 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
942 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
943 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
944 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
945 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
946 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
947 * from the remote AP) is completed;
949 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
950 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
951 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
952 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
953 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
954 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
955 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
956 * interfaces to change channel as well.
958 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
959 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
960 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
961 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
962 * public action frame TX.
963 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
964 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
966 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
967 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
968 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
971 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
972 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
974 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
975 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
976 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
977 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
978 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
979 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
980 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
981 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
982 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
984 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
985 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
986 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
987 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
988 * while operating on this channel.
989 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
992 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
993 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
994 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
996 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
997 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
999 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
1000 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
1001 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
1002 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1005 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1009 * return back to normal.
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1012 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1014 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1015 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1016 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1018 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1019 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1020 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1021 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1022 * switch is complete.
1024 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1025 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1026 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1027 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1028 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1029 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1030 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1031 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1033 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1034 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1035 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1036 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1037 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1039 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1041 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1042 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1043 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1044 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1045 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1046 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1047 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1048 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1049 * fail even if the check was successful.
1050 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1051 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1052 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1053 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1056 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1059 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1060 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1061 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1062 * network is determined by the network interface.
1064 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1065 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1066 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1067 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1068 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1069 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1070 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1072 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1073 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1074 * when this command completes.
1076 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1077 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1080 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1081 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1082 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1084 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1086 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1087 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1088 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1089 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1090 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1091 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1092 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1094 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1095 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1096 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1097 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1098 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1099 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1100 * of the function upon success.
1101 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1102 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1103 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1104 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1105 * which just terminated.
1106 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1107 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1108 * the response to this command.
1109 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1110 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1111 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1112 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1113 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1114 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1115 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1116 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1117 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1118 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1119 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1120 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1121 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1122 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1123 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1124 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1126 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1127 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1128 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1129 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1130 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1132 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1133 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1134 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1135 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1136 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1137 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1138 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1139 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1140 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1141 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1142 * client MAC address.
1143 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1144 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1145 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1146 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1147 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1148 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1149 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1150 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1151 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1152 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1154 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1155 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1156 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1157 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1158 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1159 * address of that link.
1160 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1161 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1162 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1163 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1165 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1167 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1168 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1169 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1170 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1171 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1172 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1174 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1175 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1176 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1177 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1178 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1179 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1180 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1181 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1182 * command interface.
1184 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1185 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1186 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1187 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1188 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1189 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1190 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1191 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1192 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1193 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1194 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1195 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1196 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1197 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1198 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1201 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1202 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1203 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1205 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1206 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1207 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1208 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1210 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1211 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1213 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1214 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1215 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1216 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1217 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1218 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1219 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1220 * the netlink extended ack message.
1222 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1224 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1225 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1226 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1229 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1230 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1231 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1232 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1233 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1234 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1235 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1237 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1238 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1239 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1240 * determining the width and type.
1242 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1243 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1244 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1245 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1247 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1248 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1249 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1250 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1251 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1252 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1253 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1254 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1255 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1258 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1259 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1260 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1263 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1265 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1266 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1267 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1268 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1270 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1271 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1272 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1273 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1274 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1276 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1277 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1278 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1280 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1281 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1283 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1284 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1286 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1289 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1292 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1295 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1296 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1297 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1298 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1299 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1301 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1302 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1303 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1304 * specify the timeout value.
1306 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1308 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1309 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1310 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1312 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1313 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1314 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1317 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1318 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1319 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1320 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1321 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1323 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1324 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1326 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1327 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1328 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1329 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1331 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1332 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1333 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1334 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1336 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1337 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1339 enum nl80211_commands
{
1340 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1343 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY
, /* can dump */
1344 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
,
1345 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY
,
1346 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY
,
1348 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE
, /* can dump */
1349 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE
,
1350 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE
,
1351 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE
,
1353 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY
,
1354 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY
,
1355 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY
,
1356 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY
,
1358 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON
,
1359 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON
,
1360 NL80211_CMD_START_AP
,
1361 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON
= NL80211_CMD_START_AP
,
1362 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
,
1363 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON
= NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
,
1365 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION
,
1366 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION
,
1367 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION
,
1368 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION
,
1370 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH
,
1371 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH
,
1372 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH
,
1373 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH
,
1375 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
,
1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG
,
1378 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG
,
1380 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
,
1381 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
,
1383 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
/* reserved; not used */,
1385 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG
,
1387 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN
,
1388 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
,
1389 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS
,
1390 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED
,
1392 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
,
1394 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
,
1395 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
,
1396 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
,
1397 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
,
1399 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE
,
1401 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
,
1403 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS
,
1404 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS
,
1406 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE
,
1408 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
,
1410 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
,
1412 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS
,
1414 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
,
1415 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS
,
1417 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA
,
1418 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA
,
1419 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA
,
1421 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
,
1422 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
,
1424 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK
,
1426 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME
,
1427 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION
= NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME
,
1429 NL80211_CMD_ACTION
= NL80211_CMD_FRAME
,
1430 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1431 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS
= NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1433 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE
,
1434 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE
,
1436 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM
,
1437 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM
,
1439 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
,
1440 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER
,
1442 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL
,
1444 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH
,
1445 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH
,
1447 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE
,
1448 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE
,
1450 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE
,
1452 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN
,
1453 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN
,
1455 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
,
1456 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
,
1457 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS
,
1458 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED
,
1460 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD
,
1462 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
1464 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER
,
1465 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
,
1467 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME
,
1469 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT
,
1471 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS
,
1473 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME
,
1475 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP
,
1477 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY
,
1479 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE
,
1480 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
,
1482 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED
,
1484 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE
,
1486 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL
,
1488 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT
,
1490 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES
,
1492 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES
,
1493 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT
,
1495 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START
,
1496 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP
,
1498 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE
,
1499 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE
,
1501 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1505 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP
,
1507 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
,
1508 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS
,
1510 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP
,
1512 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB
,
1513 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB
,
1515 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY
,
1517 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1518 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1520 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE
,
1522 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN
,
1524 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
,
1525 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN
,
1526 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION
,
1527 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION
,
1528 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG
,
1529 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH
,
1531 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST
,
1533 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS
,
1535 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK
,
1536 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK
,
1538 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED
,
1540 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB
,
1542 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
,
1544 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED
,
1546 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME
,
1548 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
,
1550 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START
,
1551 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT
,
1552 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE
,
1554 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR
,
1556 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO
,
1558 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK
,
1560 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG
,
1562 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON
,
1564 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1566 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS
,
1568 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION
,
1570 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST
,
1572 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED
,
1573 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED
,
1574 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED
,
1576 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD
,
1578 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK
,
1580 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK
,
1581 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK
,
1583 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA
,
1584 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA
,
1585 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA
,
1587 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP
,
1589 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED
,
1591 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING
,
1593 /* add new commands above here */
1595 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1596 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST
,
1597 NL80211_CMD_MAX
= __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST
- 1
1601 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1604 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1605 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1606 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1607 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1608 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1609 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1610 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1611 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1613 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1615 /* source-level API compatibility */
1616 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1617 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1618 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1621 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1626 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1630 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1631 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1632 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1633 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1635 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1636 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1638 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1639 * operating channel center frequency.
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1641 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1643 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1644 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1646 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1647 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1648 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1649 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1651 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1652 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1654 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1655 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1657 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1658 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1660 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1661 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1663 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1670 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1675 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1679 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1681 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1684 * default management key
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1686 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1688 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1697 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1699 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1701 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1702 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1704 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1706 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1707 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1710 * consisting of a nested array.
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1713 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1714 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1717 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1718 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1720 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1721 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1724 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1725 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1726 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1727 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1728 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1729 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1730 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1731 * to a specific alpha2.
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1741 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1742 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1745 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1748 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1749 * of the interface mode.
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1752 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1755 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1758 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1760 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1762 * that can be added to a scan request
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1764 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1766 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1770 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1774 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1776 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1779 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1780 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1783 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1784 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1787 * represented as a u32
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1789 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1795 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1796 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1797 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1798 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1800 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1801 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1802 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1803 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1809 * for other networks on different channels
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1812 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1815 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1816 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1817 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1818 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1819 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1820 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1821 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1824 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1827 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1828 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1829 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1830 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1831 * default in station mode.
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1833 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1834 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1835 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1836 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1837 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1839 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1840 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1842 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1843 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1844 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1845 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1846 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1847 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1848 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1849 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1850 * frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1853 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1856 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1857 * a local disconnect request.
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1861 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1862 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1865 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1866 * (an array of u32).
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1868 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1871 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1872 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1874 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1875 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1876 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1877 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1878 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1879 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1880 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1883 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1885 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1888 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1889 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1890 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1891 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1894 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1896 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1897 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1902 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1903 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1904 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1905 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1906 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1907 * completely from scratch.
1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1912 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1913 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1917 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1921 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1922 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1927 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1928 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1929 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1930 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1931 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1932 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1933 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1934 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1935 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1936 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1937 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1938 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1941 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1943 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1945 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1946 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1947 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1949 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1950 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1953 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1958 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1961 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1962 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1963 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1964 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1967 * connected to this BSS.
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1970 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1972 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1973 * for non-automatic settings.
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1976 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1979 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1980 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1981 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1983 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1984 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1985 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1986 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1987 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
1988 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1989 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1990 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
1991 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1992 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1995 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1996 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1997 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1998 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2001 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2004 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2009 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2010 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2011 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2012 * nl80211 capability flag.
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2017 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2018 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2021 * changed once the mesh is active.
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2023 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2025 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2026 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2028 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2029 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2030 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2033 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2035 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2036 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2043 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2044 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2045 * pass-thru filter rules.
2046 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2047 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2048 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2049 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2050 * able to ignore them by itself.
2051 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2052 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2053 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2054 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2055 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2056 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2057 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2058 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2061 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2062 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2064 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2065 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2066 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2069 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2072 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2073 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2074 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2077 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2078 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2081 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2082 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2083 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2085 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2086 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2087 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2088 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2091 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2096 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2099 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2102 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2103 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2104 * applications use this attribute.
2105 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2106 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2109 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2110 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2112 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2114 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2116 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2118 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2119 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2120 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2123 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2124 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2125 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2128 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2129 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2130 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2133 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2135 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2136 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2137 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2140 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2141 * to be filled by the FW.
2142 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2143 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2144 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2146 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2147 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2149 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2150 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2152 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2153 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2154 * The values that may be configured are:
2155 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2156 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2157 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2158 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2159 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2162 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2163 * to one DFS region.
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2169 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2170 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2171 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2172 * capability to timeout the stations.
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2175 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2176 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2179 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2182 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2183 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2184 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2185 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2188 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2189 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2192 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2193 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2194 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2195 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2196 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2197 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2198 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2199 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2203 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2208 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2210 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2211 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2212 * no change is made.
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2215 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2218 * carried in a u32 attribute
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2224 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2228 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2231 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2232 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2234 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2237 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2240 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2244 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2247 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2248 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2256 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2258 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2261 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2262 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2263 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2268 * until the channel switch event.
2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2270 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2271 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2272 * was requested by the AP.
2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2274 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2276 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2278 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2281 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2286 * operating classes.
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2289 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2290 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2291 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2292 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2296 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2298 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2301 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2302 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2303 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2307 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2310 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2311 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2312 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2315 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2316 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2322 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2323 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2324 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2325 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2326 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2329 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2331 * supported number of csa counters.
2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2334 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2337 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2338 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2339 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2340 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2341 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2342 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2343 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2344 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2345 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2346 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2347 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2348 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2349 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2351 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2352 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2353 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2354 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2355 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2356 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2357 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2358 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2361 * the TDLS link initiator.
2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2364 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2365 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2366 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2367 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2368 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2369 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2370 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2371 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2372 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2373 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2374 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2377 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2378 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2379 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2380 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2385 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2388 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2395 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2396 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2397 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2400 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2401 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2402 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2403 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2404 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2407 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2408 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2409 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2410 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2411 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2412 * over all channels.
2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2415 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2416 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2417 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2420 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2423 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2425 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2427 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2429 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2430 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2431 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2432 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2433 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2434 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2435 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2436 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2437 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2439 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2440 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2441 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2442 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2443 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2446 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2448 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2450 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2451 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2452 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2453 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2454 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2458 * groupID for monitor mode.
2459 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2460 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2461 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2462 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2463 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2465 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2466 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2467 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2468 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2470 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2472 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2473 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2474 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2477 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2478 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2479 * attribute must not be included).
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2481 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2482 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2483 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2484 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2485 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2486 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2488 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2489 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2490 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2493 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2495 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2496 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2497 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2498 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2499 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2501 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2502 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2503 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2504 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2505 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2506 * the device will decide what to use.
2507 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2508 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2511 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2515 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2516 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2519 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2522 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2525 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2526 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2527 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2528 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2529 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2530 * unnecessary wakeups.
2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2533 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2534 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2535 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2536 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2539 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2540 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2543 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2544 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2547 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2548 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2551 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2552 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2555 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2556 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2557 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2558 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2560 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2561 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2562 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2564 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2565 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2566 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2567 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2568 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2569 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2570 * is included as well.
2572 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2573 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2574 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2575 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2578 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2579 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2580 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2581 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2584 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2585 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2586 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2588 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2589 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2590 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2591 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2592 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2593 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2596 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2599 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2601 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2603 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2606 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2607 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2608 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2609 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2612 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2613 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2614 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2617 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2620 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2624 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2625 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2626 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2627 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2633 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2635 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2636 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2637 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2638 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2641 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2642 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2643 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2651 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2652 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2653 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2654 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2655 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2657 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2660 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2663 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2664 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2665 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2666 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2667 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2670 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2671 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2675 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2677 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2678 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2679 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2680 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2681 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2682 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2683 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2684 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2685 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2686 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2689 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2690 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2691 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2692 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2693 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2696 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2697 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2698 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2699 * disassociation is still forced.
2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2701 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2702 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2703 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2704 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2706 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2709 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2710 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2712 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2713 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2714 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2715 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2717 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2718 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2719 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2720 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2723 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2724 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2725 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2726 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2728 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2729 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2730 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2731 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2734 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2735 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2736 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2739 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2742 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2743 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2745 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2746 * until the color switch event.
2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2749 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2750 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2753 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2754 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2755 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2756 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2758 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2760 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2761 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2762 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2764 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2765 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2766 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2767 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2768 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2771 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2772 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2773 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2775 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2776 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2777 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2779 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2780 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2781 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2782 * per-link information and a link ID.
2783 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2784 * authenticate/associate.
2786 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2787 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2788 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2790 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2791 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2792 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2793 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2794 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2795 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2797 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2798 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2800 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2801 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2802 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2803 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2804 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2805 * the ack TX timestamp.
2806 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2807 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2808 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2809 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2810 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2811 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2812 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2815 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2816 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2817 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2821 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2822 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2823 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2824 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2825 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2827 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2828 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2829 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2830 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2831 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2832 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2833 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2834 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2835 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2836 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2838 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2841 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2842 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2843 * cannot be used at all.
2845 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2846 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2847 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2848 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2849 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2850 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2851 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2852 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2854 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2855 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2856 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2858 enum nl80211_attrs
{
2859 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2860 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC
,
2863 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME
,
2865 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
,
2866 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME
,
2867 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA
,
2872 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
,
2873 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER
,
2874 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ
,
2875 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT
,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
2878 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD
,
2879 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD
,
2880 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
,
2882 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID
,
2883 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS
,
2884 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL
,
2885 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES
,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN
,
2887 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
,
2889 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS
,
2891 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS
,
2893 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID
,
2894 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION
,
2895 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP
,
2896 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO
,
2898 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT
,
2899 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
,
2904 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES
,
2906 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2
,
2907 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES
,
2909 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
,
2911 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
,
2913 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
,
2914 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
,
2915 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
,
2917 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
,
2919 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
,
2922 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS
,
2924 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
,
2925 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS
,
2926 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2929 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
,
2930 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
,
2932 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS
,
2936 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
,
2937 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
,
2939 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE
,
2941 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN
,
2942 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES
,
2944 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE
,
2945 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER
,
2947 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED
,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT
,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG
,
2952 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD
,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD
,
2955 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT
,
2957 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP
,
2959 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2
,
2961 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT
,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA
,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY
,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP
,
2968 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE
,
2970 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
,
2972 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
,
2975 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE
,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE
,
2978 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID
,
2987 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
,
2990 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS
,
2992 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION
,
2994 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE
,
2996 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS
,
2998 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES
,
3000 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH
,
3004 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
,
3008 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE
,
3010 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE
,
3012 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
,
3013 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL
,
3015 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES
,
3016 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES
,
3017 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE
,
3019 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE
,
3020 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT
,
3022 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN
,
3024 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX
,
3025 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX
,
3027 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE
,
3029 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK
,
3031 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE
,
3033 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
,
3035 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION
,
3037 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP
,
3039 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX
,
3040 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX
,
3042 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
,
3043 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE
,
3045 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS
,
3046 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED
,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL
,
3050 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS
,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES
,
3053 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA
,
3055 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS
,
3056 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN
,
3058 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES
,
3060 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
,
3062 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP
,
3063 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP
,
3065 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME
,
3066 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD
,
3068 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT
,
3070 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH
,
3071 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS
,
3073 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
3075 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE
,
3077 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION
,
3078 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN
,
3079 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
,
3080 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT
,
3081 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP
,
3083 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
,
3085 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK
,
3087 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
,
3089 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD
,
3091 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP
,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION
,
3095 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT
,
3096 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
3098 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP
,
3100 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT
,
3102 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM
,
3104 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD
,
3108 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE
,
3110 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
,
3112 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
,
3114 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY
,
3116 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS
,
3118 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
,
3119 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
,
3120 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
,
3122 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW
,
3123 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS
,
3125 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE
,
3127 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY
,
3129 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS
,
3131 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX
,
3133 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT
,
3135 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA
,
3136 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK
,
3138 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY
,
3139 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY
,
3141 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES
,
3142 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP
,
3144 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT
,
3145 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
3148 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC
,
3150 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID
,
3151 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION
,
3153 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID
,
3155 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
,
3157 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT
,
3158 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX
,
3159 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES
,
3160 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
,
3161 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
,
3163 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS
,
3165 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS
,
3167 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES
,
3169 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS
,
3171 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ
,
3172 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ
,
3174 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF
,
3176 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID
,
3177 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD
,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
,
3179 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS
,
3181 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP
,
3183 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT
,
3184 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
,
3186 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA
,
3188 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY
,
3190 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
,
3192 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX
,
3193 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS
,
3195 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR
,
3197 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM
,
3199 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK
,
3202 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
,
3203 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME
,
3205 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE
,
3207 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS
,
3209 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK
,
3211 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG
,
3213 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES
,
3215 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS
,
3217 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD
,
3219 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
,
3221 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR
,
3223 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS
,
3224 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL
,
3225 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS
,
3226 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS
,
3230 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
,
3232 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS
,
3236 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA
,
3238 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA
,
3239 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR
,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF
,
3242 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID
,
3243 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION
,
3244 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY
,
3246 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID
,
3248 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF
,
3250 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC
,
3251 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH
,
3253 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK
,
3254 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES
,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED
,
3260 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
3261 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST
,
3263 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON
,
3265 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME
,
3266 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM
,
3267 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM
,
3268 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK
,
3269 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID
,
3273 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI
,
3274 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS
,
3276 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
,
3277 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
,
3278 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED
,
3280 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION
,
3281 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
,
3284 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL
,
3286 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211
,
3288 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS
,
3289 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT
,
3290 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT
,
3291 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM
,
3293 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY
,
3295 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER
,
3297 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
,
3299 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT
,
3301 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS
,
3303 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT
,
3304 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING
,
3305 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER
,
3307 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD
,
3309 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER
,
3311 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD
,
3313 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS
,
3314 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
,
3316 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID
,
3318 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR
,
3320 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES
,
3322 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
,
3324 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH
,
3326 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
,
3327 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD
,
3329 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST
,
3330 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET
,
3331 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET
,
3332 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ
,
3334 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY
,
3336 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY
,
3338 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
3340 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY
,
3341 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
3343 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE
,
3345 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED
,
3347 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC
,
3349 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE
,
3351 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP
,
3353 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT
,
3354 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR
,
3355 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS
,
3357 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG
,
3358 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS
,
3360 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND
,
3362 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS
,
3364 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY
,
3366 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT
,
3368 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS
,
3369 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID
,
3370 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR
,
3372 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT
,
3374 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
,
3376 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY
,
3377 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS
,
3379 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP
,
3380 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP
,
3381 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP
,
3383 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP
,
3385 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS
,
3386 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED
,
3388 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS
,
3390 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED
,
3392 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA
,
3394 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK
,
3395 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK
,
3397 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3399 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3400 NUM_NL80211_ATTR
= __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3401 NL80211_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3404 /* source-level API compatibility */
3405 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3406 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3407 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3408 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3409 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3410 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3413 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3416 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3417 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3418 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3419 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3420 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3421 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3422 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3423 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3424 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3425 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3426 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3427 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3428 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3429 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3430 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3431 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3432 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3433 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3434 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3435 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3436 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3438 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3440 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3441 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3442 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3443 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3444 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3445 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3446 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3447 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3448 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3449 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3450 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3453 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3454 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3456 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3457 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3458 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3460 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3462 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3463 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3465 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3468 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3470 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3471 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3472 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3473 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3474 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3475 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3476 * AP type interface.
3477 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3478 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3479 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3480 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3481 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3482 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3483 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3484 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3485 * commands to create and destroy one
3486 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3487 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3488 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3489 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3490 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3492 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3493 * to set the type of an interface.
3496 enum nl80211_iftype
{
3497 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED
,
3498 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC
,
3499 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION
,
3501 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN
,
3503 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR
,
3504 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT
,
3505 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT
,
3506 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO
,
3507 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE
,
3512 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
,
3513 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
- 1
3517 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3519 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3520 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3522 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3523 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3524 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3525 * with short barker preamble
3526 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3527 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3528 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3529 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3530 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3531 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3532 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3534 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3535 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3536 * previously added station into associated state
3537 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3538 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3540 enum nl80211_sta_flags
{
3541 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID
,
3542 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED
,
3543 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
3544 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME
,
3545 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP
,
3546 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED
,
3547 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
,
3548 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED
,
3551 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
,
3552 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3556 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3558 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3559 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3560 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3562 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
{
3563 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED
= 0,
3564 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED
,
3566 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS
,
3569 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3572 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3573 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3574 * @set: which values to set them to
3576 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3578 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update
{
3581 } __attribute__((packed
));
3584 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3585 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3586 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3587 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3589 enum nl80211_he_gi
{
3590 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8
,
3591 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6
,
3592 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2
,
3596 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3597 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3598 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3599 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3601 enum nl80211_he_ltf
{
3602 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF
,
3603 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF
,
3604 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF
,
3608 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3609 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3610 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3611 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3612 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3613 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3614 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3615 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3617 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
{
3618 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26
,
3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52
,
3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106
,
3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242
,
3622 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484
,
3623 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996
,
3624 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996
,
3628 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3629 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3630 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3631 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3633 enum nl80211_eht_gi
{
3634 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8
,
3635 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6
,
3636 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2
,
3640 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3641 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3642 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3643 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3644 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3645 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3646 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3647 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3648 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3649 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3650 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3651 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3652 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3653 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3654 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3655 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3656 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3658 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc
{
3659 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26
,
3660 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52
,
3661 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26
,
3662 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106
,
3663 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26
,
3664 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242
,
3665 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484
,
3666 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242
,
3667 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996
,
3668 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484
,
3669 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242
,
3670 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996
,
3671 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484
,
3672 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996
,
3673 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484
,
3674 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996
,
3678 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3680 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3681 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3682 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3683 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3684 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3685 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3686 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3687 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3688 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3690 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3691 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3692 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3693 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3694 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3695 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3696 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3697 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3698 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3699 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3700 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3701 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3704 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3705 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3707 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3708 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3710 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3711 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3712 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3713 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3714 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3715 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3716 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3717 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3718 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3719 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3720 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3721 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3722 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3723 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3724 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3725 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3726 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3727 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3728 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3729 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3730 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3732 enum nl80211_rate_info
{
3733 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID
,
3734 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE
,
3735 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS
,
3736 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3737 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI
,
3738 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32
,
3739 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS
,
3740 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS
,
3741 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3742 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3743 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3744 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3745 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3746 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS
,
3747 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS
,
3748 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI
,
3749 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM
,
3750 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC
,
3751 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3752 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS
,
3753 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS
,
3754 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI
,
3755 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC
,
3756 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS
,
3757 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS
,
3758 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3759 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3760 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3761 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3762 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3765 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
3766 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3770 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3772 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3773 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3775 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3776 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3777 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3779 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3781 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3782 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3783 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3784 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3786 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
{
3787 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID
,
3788 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT
,
3789 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
3790 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
,
3791 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD
,
3792 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
3795 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST
,
3796 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3800 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3802 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3803 * when getting information about a station.
3805 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3806 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3807 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3808 * (u32, from this station)
3809 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3810 * (u32, to this station)
3811 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3812 * (u64, from this station)
3813 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3814 * (u64, to this station)
3815 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3816 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3817 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3818 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3819 * (u32, from this station)
3820 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3821 * (u32, to this station)
3822 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3823 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3824 * (u32, to this station)
3825 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3826 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3827 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3828 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3829 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3830 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3831 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3832 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3833 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3835 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3836 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3837 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3838 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3839 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3840 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3842 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3843 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3844 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3845 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3846 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3847 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3848 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3851 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3852 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3853 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3854 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3855 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3856 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3857 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3858 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3859 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3860 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3861 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3862 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3864 * (u32, from this station)
3865 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3866 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3867 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3868 * might not be fully accurate.
3869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3870 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3872 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3873 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3874 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3875 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3876 * of STA's association
3877 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3878 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3879 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3882 enum nl80211_sta_info
{
3883 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID
,
3884 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME
,
3885 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES
,
3886 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES
,
3887 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID
,
3888 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID
,
3889 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE
,
3890 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL
,
3891 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE
,
3892 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS
,
3893 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS
,
3894 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES
,
3895 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED
,
3896 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3897 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE
,
3898 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
,
3899 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME
,
3900 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS
,
3901 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS
,
3902 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET
,
3903 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM
,
3904 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM
,
3905 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM
,
3906 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64
,
3907 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64
,
3908 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL
,
3909 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3910 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT
,
3911 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC
,
3912 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX
,
3913 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3914 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS
,
3915 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION
,
3916 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD
,
3917 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL
,
3918 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3919 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS
,
3920 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT
,
3921 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE
,
3922 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION
,
3923 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT
,
3924 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC
,
3925 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME
,
3926 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS
,
3929 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
3930 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3933 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3934 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3938 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3939 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3940 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3941 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3942 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3943 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3944 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3945 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3947 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3948 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3949 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3950 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3952 enum nl80211_tid_stats
{
3953 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID
,
3954 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU
,
3955 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU
,
3956 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES
,
3957 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED
,
3958 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD
,
3959 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS
,
3962 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS
,
3963 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS
- 1
3967 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3968 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3969 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3970 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3971 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3973 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3974 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3975 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3976 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3977 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3978 * (only for per-phy stats)
3979 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3980 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3981 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3982 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3983 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3985 enum nl80211_txq_stats
{
3986 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID
,
3987 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES
,
3988 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS
,
3989 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS
,
3990 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS
,
3991 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS
,
3992 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT
,
3993 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY
,
3994 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS
,
3995 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES
,
3996 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS
,
3997 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS
,
4000 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS
,
4001 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS
- 1
4005 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4007 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4008 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4009 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4010 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4011 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4013 enum nl80211_mpath_flags
{
4014 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE
= 1<<0,
4015 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING
= 1<<1,
4016 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID
= 1<<2,
4017 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED
= 1<<3,
4018 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED
= 1<<4,
4022 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4024 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4025 * information about a mesh path.
4027 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4028 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4029 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4030 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4031 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4032 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4033 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4034 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4035 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4036 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4037 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4038 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4040 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4042 enum nl80211_mpath_info
{
4043 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID
,
4044 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN
,
4045 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN
,
4046 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC
,
4047 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME
,
4048 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS
,
4049 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
,
4050 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES
,
4051 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT
,
4052 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE
,
4055 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
4056 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4060 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4062 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4063 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4064 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4065 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4067 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4069 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4071 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4072 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4073 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4074 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4075 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4076 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4077 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4078 * capabilities element
4079 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4080 * capabilities element
4081 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4082 * capabilities element
4083 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4084 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4085 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4086 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4088 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
{
4089 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID
,
4091 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES
,
4092 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC
,
4093 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY
,
4094 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET
,
4095 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE
,
4096 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA
,
4097 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS
,
4098 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC
,
4099 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY
,
4100 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET
,
4101 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE
,
4104 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4105 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4109 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4110 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4111 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4112 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4113 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4114 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4115 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4116 * defined in 802.11n
4117 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4118 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4119 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4120 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4121 * defined in 802.11ac
4122 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4123 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4124 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4125 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4126 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4127 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4128 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4129 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4130 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4131 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4132 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4133 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4134 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4135 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4136 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4138 enum nl80211_band_attr
{
4139 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID
,
4140 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS
,
4141 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES
,
4143 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET
,
4144 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
,
4145 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR
,
4146 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY
,
4148 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET
,
4149 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA
,
4150 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA
,
4152 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS
,
4153 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
,
4155 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET
,
4156 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA
,
4159 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4160 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4163 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4166 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4168 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4169 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4170 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4171 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4172 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4173 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4174 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4176 enum nl80211_wmm_rule
{
4177 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID
,
4178 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN
,
4179 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX
,
4184 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST
,
4185 NL80211_WMMR_MAX
= __NL80211_WMMR_LAST
- 1
4189 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4190 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4191 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4192 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4193 * regulatory domain.
4194 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4195 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4196 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4197 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4198 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4199 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4201 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4202 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4203 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4204 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4205 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4206 * channel as the control channel
4207 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4208 * channel as the control channel
4209 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4210 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4211 * this includes 80+80 channels
4212 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4213 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4215 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4216 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4217 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4218 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4219 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4220 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4221 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4222 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4223 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4224 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4225 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4226 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4227 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4228 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4229 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4230 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4231 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4232 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4233 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4234 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4235 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4236 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4237 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4238 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4239 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4240 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4241 * in current regulatory domain.
4242 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4243 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4244 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4245 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4246 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4247 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4248 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4249 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4250 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4251 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4252 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4253 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4254 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4255 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4256 * in current regulatory domain.
4257 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4258 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4259 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4261 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4263 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4264 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4265 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4266 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4268 enum nl80211_frequency_attr
{
4269 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID
,
4270 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ
,
4271 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED
,
4272 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
,
4273 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS
,
4274 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR
,
4275 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
,
4276 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE
,
4277 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME
,
4278 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS
,
4279 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS
,
4280 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ
,
4281 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ
,
4282 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME
,
4283 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
,
4284 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
,
4285 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ
,
4286 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ
,
4287 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM
,
4288 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE
,
4289 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET
,
4290 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ
,
4291 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ
,
4292 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ
,
4293 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ
,
4294 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ
,
4295 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ
,
4296 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT
,
4297 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD
,
4300 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4301 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4304 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4305 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4306 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4307 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4308 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4309 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4312 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4313 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4314 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4315 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4317 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4319 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4321 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr
{
4322 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID
,
4323 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE
,
4324 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE
,
4327 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4328 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4332 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4333 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4334 * regulatory domain.
4335 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4336 * regulatory domain.
4337 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4338 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4339 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4340 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4341 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4342 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4343 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4344 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4345 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4347 enum nl80211_reg_initiator
{
4348 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE
,
4349 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER
,
4350 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER
,
4351 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE
,
4355 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4356 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4357 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4358 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4359 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4361 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4362 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4363 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4364 * them to be applied.
4365 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4366 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4367 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4368 * domain request to be processed.
4370 enum nl80211_reg_type
{
4371 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY
,
4372 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD
,
4373 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD
,
4374 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION
,
4378 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4379 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4380 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4381 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4382 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4383 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4384 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4386 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4387 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4389 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4390 * frequency range, in KHz.
4391 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4392 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4393 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4394 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4395 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4396 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4397 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4398 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4399 * This could be negative.
4400 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4402 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4404 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr
{
4405 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID
,
4406 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS
,
4408 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START
,
4409 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END
,
4410 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW
,
4412 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN
,
4413 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP
,
4415 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME
,
4417 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD
,
4420 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4421 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4425 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4426 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4427 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4428 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4429 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4430 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4431 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4432 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4433 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4434 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4435 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4436 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4437 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4438 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4439 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4440 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4441 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4442 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4443 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4444 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4445 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4446 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4447 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4448 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4449 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4450 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4451 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4452 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4453 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4454 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4455 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4456 * attribute number currently defined
4457 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4459 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr
{
4460 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID
,
4462 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
,
4463 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI
,
4464 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
4465 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST
,
4466 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID
,
4467 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI
,
4470 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4471 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX
=
4472 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4475 /* only for backward compatibility */
4476 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4479 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4481 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4482 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4483 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4484 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4485 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4486 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4487 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4488 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4489 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4491 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4492 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4493 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4494 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4495 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4496 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4497 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4498 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4499 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4500 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4501 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4502 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4504 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags
{
4505 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM
= 1<<0,
4506 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK
= 1<<1,
4507 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR
= 1<<2,
4508 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR
= 1<<3,
4509 NL80211_RRF_DFS
= 1<<4,
4510 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY
= 1<<5,
4511 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY
= 1<<6,
4512 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
= 1<<7,
4513 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
= 1<<8,
4514 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW
= 1<<11,
4515 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
= 1<<12,
4516 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS
= 1<<13,
4517 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS
= 1<<14,
4518 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ
= 1<<15,
4519 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ
= 1<<16,
4520 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE
= 1<<17,
4521 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ
= 1<<18,
4522 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT
= 1<<19,
4523 NL80211_RRF_PSD
= 1<<20,
4526 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4527 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4528 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4529 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4530 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4531 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4533 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4534 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4537 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4539 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4540 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4541 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4542 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4544 enum nl80211_dfs_regions
{
4545 NL80211_DFS_UNSET
= 0,
4546 NL80211_DFS_FCC
= 1,
4547 NL80211_DFS_ETSI
= 2,
4552 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4554 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4555 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4556 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4557 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4558 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4559 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4560 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4561 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4562 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4563 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4564 * supported feature.
4565 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4566 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4568 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type
{
4569 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER
= 0,
4570 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE
= 1,
4571 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR
= 2,
4575 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4577 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4578 * when getting information about a survey.
4580 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4581 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4582 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4583 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4584 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4585 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4586 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4587 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4588 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4589 * channel was sensed busy
4590 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4591 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4592 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4593 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4594 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4595 * (on this channel or globally)
4596 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4597 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4598 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4599 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4601 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4602 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4604 enum nl80211_survey_info
{
4605 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID
,
4606 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY
,
4607 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE
,
4608 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE
,
4609 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
,
4610 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
,
4611 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
,
4612 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
,
4613 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
,
4614 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN
,
4615 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD
,
4616 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX
,
4617 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET
,
4620 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
4621 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4624 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4625 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4626 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4627 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4628 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4629 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4632 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4634 * Monitor configuration flags.
4636 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4638 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4639 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4640 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4641 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4642 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4643 * overrides all other flags.
4644 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4645 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4647 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4648 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4650 enum nl80211_mntr_flags
{
4651 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID
,
4652 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL
,
4653 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL
,
4654 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL
,
4655 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS
,
4656 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES
,
4657 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE
,
4660 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
,
4661 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX
= __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4665 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4667 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4668 * not known or has not been set yet.
4669 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4670 * in Awake state all the time.
4671 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4672 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4673 * neighbor's beacons.
4674 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4675 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4676 * for neighbor's beacons.
4678 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4679 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4682 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode
{
4683 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN
,
4684 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE
,
4685 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP
,
4686 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP
,
4688 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST
,
4689 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX
= __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4693 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4695 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4698 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4700 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4701 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4703 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4704 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4706 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4709 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4710 * on this mesh interface
4712 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4713 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4716 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4719 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4720 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4721 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4724 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4725 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4728 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4731 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4732 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4734 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4735 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4736 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4738 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4739 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4742 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4743 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4746 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4748 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4749 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4751 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4752 * root announcements are transmitted.
4754 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4755 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4756 * Announcement frames.
4758 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4759 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4762 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4763 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4765 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4766 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4769 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4770 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4773 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4775 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4777 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4778 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4779 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4781 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4782 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4784 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4785 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4786 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4788 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4789 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4791 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4793 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4794 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4795 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4796 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4798 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4799 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4800 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4801 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4803 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4804 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4805 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4806 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4807 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4809 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4810 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4811 * in the mesh formation field.
4813 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4815 enum nl80211_meshconf_params
{
4816 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID
,
4817 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT
,
4818 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT
,
4819 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT
,
4820 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS
,
4821 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES
,
4822 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL
,
4823 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS
,
4824 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES
,
4825 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME
,
4826 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
,
4827 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT
,
4828 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL
,
4829 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME
,
4830 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE
,
4831 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL
,
4832 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL
,
4833 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS
,
4834 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL
,
4835 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING
,
4836 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD
,
4837 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR
,
4838 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE
,
4839 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT
,
4840 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL
,
4841 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL
,
4842 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE
,
4843 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW
,
4844 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT
,
4845 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE
,
4846 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN
,
4847 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS
,
4850 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4851 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4855 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4857 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4858 * changed while the mesh is active.
4860 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4862 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4863 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4866 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4867 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4870 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4871 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4872 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4875 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4876 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4878 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4879 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4880 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4881 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4882 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4883 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4884 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4885 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4888 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4889 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4890 * neighbor offset synchronization
4892 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4893 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4895 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4896 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4897 * Default is no authentication method required.
4899 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4901 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4903 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params
{
4904 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID
,
4905 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL
,
4906 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC
,
4907 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
,
4908 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH
,
4909 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE
,
4910 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC
,
4911 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM
,
4912 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL
,
4915 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4916 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4920 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4921 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4922 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4923 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4925 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4926 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4927 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4928 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4929 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4930 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4931 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4933 enum nl80211_txq_attr
{
4934 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
4935 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
,
4936 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP
,
4937 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN
,
4938 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX
,
4939 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS
,
4942 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4943 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4954 /* backward compat */
4955 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4956 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4957 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4958 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4959 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4962 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4963 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4964 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4965 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4966 * below the control channel
4967 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4968 * above the control channel
4970 enum nl80211_channel_type
{
4973 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS
,
4974 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4978 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4980 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4981 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4983 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4984 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4986 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4987 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4988 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4989 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4990 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4992 enum nl80211_key_mode
{
4999 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5001 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5004 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5005 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5006 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5007 * attribute must be provided as well
5008 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5009 * attribute must be provided as well
5010 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5011 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5012 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5013 * attribute must be provided as well
5014 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5015 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5016 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5017 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5018 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5019 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5020 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5021 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5022 * attribute must be provided as well
5024 enum nl80211_chan_width
{
5025 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT
,
5026 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
5027 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40
,
5028 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80
,
5029 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80
,
5030 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160
,
5031 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
,
5032 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
,
5033 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1
,
5034 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2
,
5035 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4
,
5036 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8
,
5037 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16
,
5038 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320
,
5042 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5044 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5046 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5047 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5048 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5049 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5050 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5052 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
{
5053 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
5054 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10
,
5055 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5
,
5056 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1
,
5057 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2
,
5061 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5062 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5063 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5064 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5065 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5066 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5067 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5069 enum nl80211_bss_use_for
{
5070 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL
= 1 << 0,
5071 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK
= 1 << 1,
5075 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5076 * BSS isn't possible
5077 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5078 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5080 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
{
5081 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY
= 1 << 0,
5085 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5087 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5088 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5089 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5090 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5091 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5092 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5093 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5094 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5095 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5096 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5097 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5098 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5099 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5100 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5101 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5102 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5103 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5104 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5105 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5106 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5107 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5108 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5109 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5110 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5111 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5112 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5114 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5115 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5116 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5117 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5118 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5119 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5120 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5121 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5122 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5123 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5124 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5125 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5126 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5127 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5128 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5130 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5131 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5132 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5133 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5134 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5135 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5136 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5137 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5138 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5139 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5140 * even though its presence was detected.
5141 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5142 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5143 * if no reasons are specified.
5144 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5145 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5148 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID
,
5150 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY
,
5152 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
5153 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY
,
5154 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS
,
5155 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM
,
5156 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC
,
5158 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO
,
5159 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES
,
5160 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH
,
5161 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF
,
5162 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA
,
5163 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME
,
5165 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
,
5166 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID
,
5167 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL
,
5168 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET
,
5169 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID
,
5170 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR
,
5171 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR
,
5172 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS
,
5175 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST
,
5176 NL80211_BSS_MAX
= __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5180 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5181 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5182 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5183 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5185 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5186 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5188 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5189 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5191 enum nl80211_bss_status
{
5192 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED
,
5193 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED
,
5194 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED
,
5198 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5200 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5201 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5202 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5203 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5204 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5205 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5206 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5207 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5208 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5209 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5210 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5211 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5212 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5214 enum nl80211_auth_type
{
5215 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM
,
5216 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY
,
5217 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT
,
5218 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP
,
5219 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE
,
5220 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK
,
5221 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS
,
5222 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK
,
5225 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM
,
5226 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX
= __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM
- 1,
5227 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5231 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5232 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5233 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5234 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5235 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5237 enum nl80211_key_type
{
5238 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP
,
5239 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE
,
5240 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY
,
5242 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5246 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5247 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5248 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5249 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5253 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED
,
5254 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
,
5257 enum nl80211_wpa_versions
{
5258 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1
= 1 << 0,
5259 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2
= 1 << 1,
5260 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3
= 1 << 2,
5264 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5265 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5266 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5268 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5270 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5272 enum nl80211_key_default_types
{
5273 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID
,
5274 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST
,
5275 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST
,
5277 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5281 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5282 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5283 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5284 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5286 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5287 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5288 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5289 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5290 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5291 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5292 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5293 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5294 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5295 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5296 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5297 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5298 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5299 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5300 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5301 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5303 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5304 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5306 enum nl80211_key_attributes
{
5307 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID
,
5312 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT
,
5313 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
,
5315 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
,
5317 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON
,
5320 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST
,
5321 NL80211_KEY_MAX
= __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5325 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5326 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5327 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5328 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5329 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5330 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5331 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5332 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5333 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5334 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5335 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5336 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5337 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5338 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5339 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5340 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5341 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5343 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes
{
5344 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID
,
5345 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY
,
5350 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI
,
5351 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF
,
5354 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST
,
5355 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX
= __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5358 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5359 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5362 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5363 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5365 struct nl80211_txrate_vht
{
5366 __u16 mcs
[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX
];
5369 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5371 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5372 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5374 struct nl80211_txrate_he
{
5375 __u16 mcs
[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX
];
5378 enum nl80211_txrate_gi
{
5379 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI
,
5380 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI
,
5381 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI
,
5385 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5386 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5387 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5388 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5389 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5390 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5391 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5392 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5393 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5407 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5408 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5409 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5411 enum nl80211_ps_state
{
5412 NL80211_PS_DISABLED
,
5417 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5418 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5419 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5420 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5421 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5422 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5423 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5424 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5425 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5426 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5427 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5428 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5429 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5430 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5431 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5432 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5433 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5434 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5435 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5436 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5438 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5439 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5440 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5441 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5442 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5444 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5445 * RSSI threshold event.
5446 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5447 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5449 enum nl80211_attr_cqm
{
5450 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID
,
5451 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD
,
5452 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST
,
5453 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT
,
5454 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT
,
5455 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE
,
5456 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS
,
5457 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL
,
5458 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT
,
5459 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL
,
5462 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST
,
5463 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX
= __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5467 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5468 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5469 * configured threshold
5470 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5471 * configured threshold
5472 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5474 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event
{
5475 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW
,
5476 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH
,
5477 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT
,
5482 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5483 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5484 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5485 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5487 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting
{
5488 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC
,
5489 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED
,
5490 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED
,
5494 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5495 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5496 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5498 enum nl80211_tid_config
{
5499 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE
,
5500 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE
,
5503 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5504 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5505 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5506 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5508 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting
{
5509 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC
,
5510 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED
,
5511 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED
,
5514 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5515 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5516 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5517 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5518 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5519 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5521 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
5522 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5523 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5524 * should be left untouched.
5525 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5527 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5528 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5530 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5531 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5532 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5533 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5534 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5535 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5536 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5537 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5538 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5539 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5540 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5541 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5542 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5543 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5544 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5545 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5546 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5547 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5548 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5549 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5550 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5551 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5552 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5553 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5554 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5555 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5558 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr
{
5559 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID
,
5560 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD
,
5561 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP
,
5562 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP
,
5563 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE
,
5564 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS
,
5565 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK
,
5566 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT
,
5567 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG
,
5568 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL
,
5569 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL
,
5570 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL
,
5571 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE
,
5572 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE
,
5575 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
5576 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5580 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5581 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5582 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5583 * a zero bit are ignored
5584 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5585 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5586 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5587 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5588 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5589 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5590 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5591 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5592 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5593 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5594 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5595 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5596 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5597 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5598 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5600 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr
{
5601 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
,
5602 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
,
5603 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
,
5604 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
,
5607 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
= NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
- 1,
5611 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5612 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5613 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5614 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5615 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5617 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5618 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5619 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5620 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5621 * by the kernel to userspace.
5623 struct nl80211_pattern_support
{
5625 __u32 min_pattern_len
;
5626 __u32 max_pattern_len
;
5627 __u32 max_pkt_offset
;
5628 } __attribute__((packed
));
5630 /* only for backward compatibility */
5631 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5632 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5633 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5634 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5635 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5636 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5637 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5640 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5641 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5642 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5643 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5644 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5645 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5646 * any others are even supported by the device.
5647 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5648 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5649 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5650 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5651 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5652 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5653 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5654 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5655 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5656 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5657 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5659 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5660 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5662 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5663 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5664 * to the kernel when configuring.
5665 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5666 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5667 * by the device (flag)
5668 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5669 * done by the device) (flag)
5670 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5672 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5673 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5674 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5675 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5676 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5677 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5678 * attribute contains the original length.
5679 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5680 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5681 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5682 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5683 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5684 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5685 * contains the original length.
5686 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5687 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5688 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5689 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5690 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5691 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5692 * the TCP connection.
5693 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5694 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5695 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5696 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5697 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5698 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5700 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5701 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5702 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5703 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5704 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5705 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5706 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5707 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5708 * supported by the driver (u32).
5709 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5710 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5711 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5712 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5713 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5715 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5716 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5717 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5718 * these attributes must be present. If
5719 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5720 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5722 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5723 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5725 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5726 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5728 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers
{
5729 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID
,
5730 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY
,
5731 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT
,
5732 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT
,
5733 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN
,
5734 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED
,
5735 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE
,
5736 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST
,
5737 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE
,
5738 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE
,
5739 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
,
5740 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
,
5741 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
,
5742 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN
,
5743 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION
,
5744 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH
,
5745 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST
,
5746 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS
,
5747 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT
,
5748 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS
,
5751 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
,
5752 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
= NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
- 1
5756 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5758 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5759 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5760 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5761 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5762 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5763 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5764 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5765 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5766 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5768 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5769 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5770 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5771 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5774 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5775 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5779 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5780 * @start: starting value
5781 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5782 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5784 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5785 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5788 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq
{
5789 __u32 start
, offset
, len
;
5793 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5794 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5795 * @len: length of each token
5796 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5797 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5799 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token
{
5801 __u8 token_stream
[];
5805 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5806 * @min_len: minimum token length
5807 * @max_len: maximum token length
5808 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5810 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature
{
5811 __u32 min_len
, max_len
, bufsize
;
5815 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5816 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5817 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5818 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5819 * (in network byte order)
5820 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5821 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5822 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5823 * might require ARP querying.
5824 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5825 * socket and port will be allocated
5826 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5827 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5828 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5829 * of the data payload.
5830 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5831 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5832 * advertising it is just a flag
5833 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5834 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5835 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5836 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5837 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5838 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5839 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5840 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5841 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5842 * but on the TCP payload only.
5843 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5844 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5846 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs
{
5847 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID
,
5848 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4
,
5849 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4
,
5850 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC
,
5851 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT
,
5852 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT
,
5853 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD
,
5854 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ
,
5855 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN
,
5856 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL
,
5857 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD
,
5858 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK
,
5861 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
,
5862 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
= NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
- 1
5866 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5867 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5868 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5869 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5871 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5872 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5874 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support
{
5876 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat
;
5878 } __attribute__((packed
));
5881 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5882 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5883 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5884 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5885 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5886 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5887 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5888 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5889 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5891 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule
{
5892 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID
,
5893 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY
,
5894 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION
,
5895 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN
,
5898 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
,
5899 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
- 1
5903 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5904 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5905 * in a rule are matched.
5906 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5907 * in a rule are not matched.
5909 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition
{
5910 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH
,
5911 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5915 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5916 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5917 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5918 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5919 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5920 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5921 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5922 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5924 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs
{
5925 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC
,
5926 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX
,
5927 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES
,
5930 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
,
5931 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
= NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
- 1
5935 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5937 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5938 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5939 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5940 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5941 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5942 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5943 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5944 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5945 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5946 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5947 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5948 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5949 * different channels may be used within this group.
5950 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5951 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5952 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5953 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5954 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5955 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5956 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5957 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5958 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5961 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5962 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5964 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5965 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5967 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5968 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5970 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5971 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5973 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5974 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5975 * that any of these groups must match.
5977 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5978 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5979 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5980 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5981 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5983 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs
{
5984 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC
,
5985 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS
,
5986 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM
,
5987 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH
,
5988 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS
,
5989 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS
,
5990 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS
,
5991 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD
,
5994 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
,
5995 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
= NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
- 1
6000 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6002 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6003 * state of non-existent mesh peer links
6004 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6006 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6007 * from this mesh peer
6008 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6009 * received from this mesh peer
6010 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6011 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6012 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6013 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6014 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6015 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6017 enum nl80211_plink_state
{
6018 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN
,
6019 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT
,
6020 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD
,
6021 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD
,
6022 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB
,
6023 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING
,
6024 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED
,
6027 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
,
6028 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
= NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
- 1
6032 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6034 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6035 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6036 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6037 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6039 enum plink_actions
{
6040 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION
,
6041 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN
,
6042 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK
,
6044 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS
,
6048 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
6049 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
6050 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
6051 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
6052 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
6053 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
6056 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6057 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6058 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6059 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6060 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6061 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6062 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6063 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6065 enum nl80211_rekey_data
{
6066 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID
,
6067 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK
,
6068 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK
,
6069 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR
,
6070 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM
,
6073 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
,
6074 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
= NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
- 1
6078 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6079 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6081 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6083 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6084 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6086 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid
{
6087 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE
,
6088 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN
,
6089 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6093 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6094 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6095 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6096 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6097 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6098 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6099 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6100 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6102 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr
{
6103 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID
,
6104 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES
,
6105 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP
,
6108 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST
,
6109 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6113 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6114 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6115 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6117 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6118 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6119 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6121 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6124 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr
{
6125 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID
,
6126 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX
,
6127 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID
,
6128 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH
,
6131 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
6132 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
= NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
- 1
6136 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6137 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6138 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6139 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6140 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6141 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6143 enum nl80211_tdls_operation
{
6144 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ
,
6146 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN
,
6147 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK
,
6148 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK
,
6152 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6153 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6154 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6155 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6157 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features
{
6158 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD
= 1 << 0,
6162 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6163 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6164 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6166 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6167 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6168 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6169 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6170 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6171 * cellular base stations.
6172 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6173 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6174 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6175 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6177 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6178 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6179 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6180 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6181 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6182 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6183 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6184 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6186 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6188 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6189 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6190 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6191 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6192 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6193 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6194 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6195 * states using station flags.
6196 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6197 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6198 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6199 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6200 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6201 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6202 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6203 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6204 * still generated by the driver.
6205 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6206 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6207 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6208 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6209 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6210 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6211 * lifetime of a BSS.
6212 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6213 * Set IE to probe requests.
6214 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6215 * to probe requests.
6216 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6217 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6218 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6219 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6220 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6221 * Measurement Report action frame.
6222 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6223 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6226 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6227 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6228 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6229 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6230 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6231 * rts/cts handshake.
6232 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6233 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6234 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6235 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6236 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6237 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6238 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6239 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6240 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6241 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6242 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6243 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6244 * address mask/value will be used.
6245 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6246 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6247 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6248 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6249 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6250 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6251 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6252 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6254 enum nl80211_feature_flags
{
6255 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS
= 1 << 0,
6256 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS
= 1 << 1,
6257 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER
= 1 << 2,
6258 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS
= 1 << 3,
6259 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL
= 1 << 4,
6260 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE
= 1 << 5,
6261 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN
= 1 << 6,
6262 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH
= 1 << 7,
6263 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN
= 1 << 8,
6264 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER
= 1 << 9,
6265 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN
= 1 << 10,
6266 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN
= 1 << 11,
6267 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS
= 1 << 12,
6268 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6269 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS
= 1 << 14,
6270 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE
= 1 << 15,
6271 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM
= 1 << 16,
6272 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR
= 1 << 17,
6273 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE
= 1 << 18,
6274 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES
= 1 << 19,
6275 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES
= 1 << 20,
6276 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET
= 1 << 21,
6277 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION
= 1 << 22,
6278 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION
= 1 << 23,
6279 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS
= 1 << 24,
6280 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS
= 1 << 25,
6281 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION
= 1 << 26,
6282 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE
= 1 << 27,
6283 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
= 1 << 28,
6284 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1 << 29,
6285 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1 << 30,
6286 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1U << 31,
6290 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6291 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6292 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6293 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6294 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6295 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6296 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6297 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6298 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6299 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6300 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6301 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6302 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6303 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6304 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6305 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6307 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6308 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6309 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6310 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6311 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6313 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6314 * channel dwell time.
6315 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6316 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6317 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6318 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6319 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6320 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6321 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6322 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6323 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6324 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6325 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6326 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6327 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6328 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6329 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6330 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6331 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6332 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6333 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6334 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6335 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6336 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6337 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6338 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6339 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6340 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6342 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6343 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6344 * actual dwell time.
6345 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6347 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6348 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6349 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6350 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6351 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6352 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6353 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6355 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6356 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6357 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6358 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6359 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6360 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6361 * "radar detected" event.
6362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6363 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6365 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6368 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6369 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6370 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6371 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6372 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6373 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6374 * timing measurement responder role.
6376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6377 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6378 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6379 * freeze the connection.
6380 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6381 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6383 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6384 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6387 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6388 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6390 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6391 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6393 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6397 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6399 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6400 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6401 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6404 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6405 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6408 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6410 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6412 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6413 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6414 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6418 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6419 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6422 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6424 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6425 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6426 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6427 * included in the scan request.
6429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6430 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6433 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6435 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6436 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6440 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6443 * frames transmission
6445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6446 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6448 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6449 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6451 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6452 * exchange protocol.
6454 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6455 * exchange protocol.
6457 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6458 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6459 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6461 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6462 * detection and change announcemnts.
6464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6465 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6466 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6467 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6469 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6472 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6473 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6474 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6475 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6476 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6477 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6478 * in progress, and no active connections.
6480 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6482 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6483 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6485 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6486 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6487 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6489 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6490 * handling in station mode.
6492 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6493 * handling in AP mode.
6495 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6496 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6498 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index
{
6499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS
,
6500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
,
6501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER
,
6502 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME
,
6503 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF
,
6504 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL
,
6505 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY
,
6506 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT
,
6507 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT
,
6508 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA
,
6509 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA
,
6510 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED
,
6511 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
6512 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST
,
6513 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD
,
6514 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK
,
6515 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X
,
6516 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME
,
6517 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
6518 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE
,
6519 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION
,
6520 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL
,
6521 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN
,
6522 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN
,
6523 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN
,
6524 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD
,
6525 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211
,
6526 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
,
6527 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
= NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
,
6529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS
,
6530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN
,
6531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT
,
6532 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0
,
6533 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER
,
6534 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS
,
6535 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING
,
6536 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD
,
6537 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID
,
6538 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR
,
6539 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD
,
6540 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD
,
6541 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL
,
6542 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION
,
6543 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH
,
6544 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT
,
6545 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA
,
6546 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS
,
6547 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT
,
6548 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ
,
6549 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS
,
6550 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION
,
6551 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK
,
6552 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP
,
6553 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY
,
6554 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
6555 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE
,
6556 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF
,
6557 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT
,
6558 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE
,
6559 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR
,
6560 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD
,
6561 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND
,
6562 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE
,
6563 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT
,
6564 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN
,
6565 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA
,
6566 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD
,
6567 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP
,
6569 /* add new features before the definition below */
6570 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
,
6571 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
= NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
- 1
6575 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6576 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6577 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6578 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6579 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6580 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6583 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6584 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6585 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6586 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6588 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr
{
6589 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS
= 1<<0,
6590 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2
= 1<<1,
6591 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P
= 1<<2,
6592 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U
= 1<<3,
6596 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6597 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6598 * handled by the AP is reached.
6599 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6601 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason
{
6602 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS
,
6603 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT
,
6607 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6609 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6610 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6611 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6612 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6614 enum nl80211_timeout_reason
{
6615 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED
,
6616 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN
,
6617 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH
,
6618 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC
,
6622 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6624 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6625 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6628 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6629 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6630 * one of them can be used in the request.
6632 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6633 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6634 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6635 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6636 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6637 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6638 * when really needed
6639 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6640 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6641 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6643 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6644 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6645 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6646 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6647 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6648 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6649 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6650 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6651 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6652 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6653 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6654 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6655 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6656 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6657 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6658 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6660 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6661 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6662 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6663 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6664 * impacted with this flag.
6665 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6666 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6667 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6668 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6669 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6670 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6671 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6672 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6673 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6674 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6676 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6677 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6678 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6679 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6680 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6681 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6682 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6683 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6684 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6685 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6686 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6687 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6688 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6689 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6690 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6691 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6693 enum nl80211_scan_flags
{
6694 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY
= 1<<0,
6695 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH
= 1<<1,
6696 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP
= 1<<2,
6697 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR
= 1<<3,
6698 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME
= 1<<4,
6699 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
= 1<<5,
6700 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE
= 1<<6,
6701 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION
= 1<<7,
6702 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN
= 1<<8,
6703 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER
= 1<<9,
6704 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY
= 1<<10,
6705 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN
= 1<<11,
6706 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT
= 1<<12,
6707 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ
= 1<<13,
6708 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ
= 1<<14,
6712 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6714 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6715 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6716 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6718 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6719 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6720 * in ACL to authenticate.
6721 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6722 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6724 enum nl80211_acl_policy
{
6725 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED
,
6726 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED
,
6730 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6732 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6734 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6735 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6736 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6737 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6739 enum nl80211_smps_mode
{
6741 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC
,
6742 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC
,
6744 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST
,
6745 NL80211_SMPS_MAX
= __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6749 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6751 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6752 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6754 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6756 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6757 * the channel is now available.
6758 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6759 * change to the channel status.
6760 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6761 * over, channel becomes usable.
6762 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6763 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6764 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6765 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6766 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6767 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6769 enum nl80211_radar_event
{
6770 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED
,
6771 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED
,
6772 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED
,
6773 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED
,
6774 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED
,
6775 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED
,
6779 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6781 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6783 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6784 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6785 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6786 * is therefore marked as not available.
6787 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6789 enum nl80211_dfs_state
{
6791 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE
,
6792 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE
,
6796 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6797 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6798 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6799 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6800 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6801 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6803 enum nl80211_protocol_features
{
6804 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP
= 1 << 0,
6808 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6810 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6811 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6812 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6813 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6814 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6816 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id
{
6817 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC
,
6818 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP
,
6819 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL
,
6820 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA
,
6821 /* add other protocols before this one */
6822 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6825 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6826 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6829 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6831 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6833 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6834 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6835 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6836 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6837 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6839 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
{
6840 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED
= 1 << 0,
6841 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH
= 1 << 1,
6845 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6846 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6847 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6849 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6852 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6853 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6854 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6855 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6856 * added to this file when needed.
6857 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6859 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info
{
6865 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6867 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6868 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6870 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6871 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6872 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6873 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6875 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability
{
6876 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT
= 1<<0,
6877 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT
= 1<<1,
6878 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM
= 1<<2,
6879 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE
= 1<<3,
6883 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6884 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6885 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6887 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6888 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6889 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6890 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6891 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6893 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6895 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan
{
6896 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID
,
6897 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL
,
6898 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS
,
6901 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST
,
6902 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX
=
6903 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6907 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6909 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6910 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6911 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6913 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust
{
6916 } __attribute__((packed
));
6919 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6921 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6922 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6924 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6925 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6926 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6927 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6928 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6929 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6930 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6931 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6932 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6933 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6934 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6936 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6937 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6938 * which the driver shall use.
6940 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr
{
6941 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID
,
6942 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI
,
6943 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF
,
6944 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST
,
6947 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
6948 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6952 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6954 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6956 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6957 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6958 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6960 enum nl80211_nan_function_type
{
6961 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH
,
6962 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE
,
6963 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP
,
6966 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST
,
6967 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE
= __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST
- 1,
6971 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6973 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6975 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6976 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6978 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type
{
6979 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH
= 1 << 0,
6980 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH
= 1 << 1,
6984 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6986 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6988 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6989 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6990 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6992 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason
{
6993 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST
,
6994 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED
,
6995 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR
,
6998 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6999 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7000 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7003 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7004 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7005 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7006 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7007 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7008 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7009 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7010 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7011 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7012 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7013 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7014 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7015 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7016 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7017 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7018 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7019 * is follow up. This is a u8.
7020 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7021 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7022 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7023 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7024 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7026 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7027 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7028 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7029 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7030 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7031 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7032 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7033 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7034 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7035 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7036 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7037 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7038 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7039 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7041 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7042 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7044 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes
{
7045 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID
,
7046 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE
,
7047 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID
,
7048 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE
,
7049 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST
,
7050 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE
,
7051 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID
,
7052 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID
,
7053 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST
,
7054 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE
,
7055 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL
,
7056 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO
,
7057 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF
,
7058 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER
,
7059 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER
,
7060 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID
,
7061 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON
,
7064 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR
,
7065 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR
- 1
7069 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7070 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7071 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7073 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7074 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7075 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7076 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7077 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7078 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7079 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7080 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7081 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7083 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes
{
7084 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID
,
7085 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE
,
7087 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX
,
7088 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS
,
7091 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR
,
7092 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR
- 1,
7096 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7097 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7098 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7099 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7100 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7101 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7102 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7103 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7105 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7106 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7108 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes
{
7109 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID
,
7110 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL
,
7111 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER
,
7114 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR
,
7115 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR
- 1
7119 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7120 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7121 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7122 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7124 enum nl80211_external_auth_action
{
7125 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START
,
7126 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT
,
7130 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7131 * responder attributes
7132 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7133 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7134 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7135 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7136 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7137 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7138 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7139 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7140 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7141 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7143 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes
{
7144 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7146 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED
,
7147 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI
,
7148 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC
,
7151 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST
,
7152 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7156 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7158 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7159 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7161 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7162 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7163 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7164 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7165 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7166 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7167 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7168 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7169 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7170 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7171 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7172 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7173 * phase with the responder (u32)
7174 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7175 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7177 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7178 * scheduled window (u32)
7179 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7180 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7181 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7183 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats
{
7184 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID
,
7185 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM
,
7186 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM
,
7187 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM
,
7188 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM
,
7189 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM
,
7190 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC
,
7191 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM
,
7192 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM
,
7193 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM
,
7194 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD
,
7197 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST
,
7198 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX
= __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
7202 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7203 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7204 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7205 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7206 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7207 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7209 enum nl80211_preamble
{
7210 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY
,
7211 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT
,
7212 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT
,
7213 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG
,
7214 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE
,
7218 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7219 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7220 * these numbers also for attributes
7222 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7224 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7225 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7227 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type
{
7228 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID
,
7230 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM
,
7232 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES
,
7233 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES
- 1
7237 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7238 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7239 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7240 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7241 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7242 * reason may be available in the response data
7244 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status
{
7245 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS
,
7246 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED
,
7247 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
,
7248 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE
,
7252 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7253 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7255 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7256 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7257 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7258 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7261 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7262 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7264 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req
{
7265 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
7267 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA
,
7268 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF
,
7271 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS
,
7272 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS
- 1
7276 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7277 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7279 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7280 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7281 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7282 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7283 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7284 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7285 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7286 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7287 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7288 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7289 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7291 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7292 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7293 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7295 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7297 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7298 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7300 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp
{
7301 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7303 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA
,
7304 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS
,
7305 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME
,
7306 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF
,
7307 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL
,
7308 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD
,
7311 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS
,
7312 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS
- 1
7316 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7317 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7319 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7320 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7321 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7322 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7323 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7324 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7326 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7327 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7329 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7330 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7332 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs
{
7333 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID
,
7335 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR
,
7336 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN
,
7337 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ
,
7338 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP
,
7341 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS
,
7342 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS
- 1,
7346 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7347 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7349 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7350 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7351 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7352 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7353 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7354 * measurement results
7355 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7356 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7357 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7358 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7359 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7360 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7361 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7362 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7363 * sub-attributes taken from
7364 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7366 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7367 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7369 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs
{
7370 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7372 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS
,
7373 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF
,
7374 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR
,
7375 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA
,
7376 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS
,
7379 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR
,
7380 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR
- 1
7384 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7385 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7387 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7389 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7392 * data can be requested during the measurement
7393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7394 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7395 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7396 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7397 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7398 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7399 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7400 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7401 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7402 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7403 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7405 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7406 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7407 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7408 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7409 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7410 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
7412 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7413 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7415 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa
{
7416 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID
,
7418 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP
,
7419 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP
,
7420 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI
,
7421 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC
,
7422 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES
,
7423 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS
,
7424 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT
,
7425 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7426 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7427 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7430 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR
,
7431 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR
- 1
7435 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7436 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7439 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7440 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7441 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7442 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7443 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7444 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7445 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7446 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7447 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7448 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7450 * requested per burst
7451 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7452 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7455 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7457 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7458 * measurement (flag).
7459 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7460 * mutually exclusive.
7461 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7462 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7463 * ranging will be used.
7464 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
7465 * ranging measurement (flag)
7466 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7467 * mutually exclusive.
7468 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7469 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7470 * ranging will be used.
7471 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7472 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7473 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7474 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7475 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7476 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7478 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7479 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7481 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req
{
7482 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
7484 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP
,
7485 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE
,
7486 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP
,
7487 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD
,
7488 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION
,
7489 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7490 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES
,
7491 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI
,
7492 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC
,
7493 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7494 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7495 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK
,
7496 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR
,
7499 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR
,
7500 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR
- 1
7504 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7505 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7507 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7508 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7509 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7510 * try and get no response)
7511 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7512 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7514 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7515 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7516 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7517 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7519 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons
{
7520 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED
,
7521 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE
,
7522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED
,
7523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL
,
7524 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE
,
7525 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP
,
7526 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY
,
7527 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS
,
7531 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7532 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7534 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7536 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7537 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7538 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7539 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7540 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7541 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7542 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
7543 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7544 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7545 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7546 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7547 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7548 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7549 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7550 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7551 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7552 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7553 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7554 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7555 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7556 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7559 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7560 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7561 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7562 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7563 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7564 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7566 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7567 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7568 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7569 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7570 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7571 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7572 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7573 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7575 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7576 * (binary, optional);
7577 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7578 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7580 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7582 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7583 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7585 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp
{
7586 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7588 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON
,
7589 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX
,
7590 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS
,
7591 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES
,
7592 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME
,
7593 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP
,
7594 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION
,
7595 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7596 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG
,
7597 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD
,
7598 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE
,
7599 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE
,
7600 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG
,
7601 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE
,
7602 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD
,
7603 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG
,
7604 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE
,
7605 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD
,
7606 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI
,
7607 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC
,
7608 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD
,
7611 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR
,
7612 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR
- 1
7616 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7617 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7619 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7620 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7621 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7623 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7624 * values used by members of the SRG.
7625 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7626 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7627 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7629 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7630 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7632 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes
{
7633 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID
,
7635 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET
,
7636 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET
,
7637 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET
,
7638 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP
,
7639 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP
,
7640 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL
,
7643 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST
,
7644 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7648 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7649 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7651 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7652 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7653 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7655 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7656 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7658 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes
{
7659 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7661 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR
,
7662 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED
,
7663 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL
,
7666 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST
,
7667 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7671 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7672 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7674 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7675 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7676 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7677 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7678 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7680 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7681 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7683 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes
{
7684 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID
,
7686 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES
,
7687 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
,
7690 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST
,
7691 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7695 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7696 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7698 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7700 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7701 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7702 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7703 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
7704 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7705 * frame including the headers.
7707 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7708 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7710 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes
{
7711 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID
,
7713 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN
,
7714 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX
,
7715 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL
,
7718 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST
,
7719 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST
- 1
7723 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7726 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7729 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7730 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7732 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7734 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7735 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7736 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
7738 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7739 * frame template (binary).
7741 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7742 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7744 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes
{
7745 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7747 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT
,
7748 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL
,
7751 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST
,
7752 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX
=
7753 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST
- 1
7757 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7758 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7761 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7762 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7763 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7764 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7765 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7768 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism
{
7769 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
,
7770 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
,
7771 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
,
7772 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
,
7776 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7778 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7781 enum nl80211_sar_type
{
7782 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER
,
7784 /* add new type here */
7787 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE
,
7791 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7793 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7795 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7796 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7797 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7799 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7800 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7802 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7803 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7804 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7806 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7807 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7809 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7811 enum nl80211_sar_attrs
{
7812 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7814 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE
,
7815 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS
,
7817 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST
,
7818 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7822 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7824 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7825 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7826 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7827 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7829 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7830 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7831 * is applied to this range.
7833 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7834 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7835 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7836 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7837 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7838 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7839 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7841 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7843 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7844 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7845 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7847 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7848 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7849 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7851 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7852 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7854 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs
{
7855 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID
,
7857 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
,
7858 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX
,
7859 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
,
7860 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ
,
7862 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST
,
7863 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX
= __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST
- 1,
7867 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7868 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7869 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7871 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7874 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7876 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7877 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7878 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7879 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7881 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7882 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7883 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7884 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7887 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7888 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7889 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7890 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7891 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7892 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7894 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7895 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7896 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7897 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7898 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7899 * the interface index of the same.
7901 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7902 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7903 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7905 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7906 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7908 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes
{
7909 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID
,
7911 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES
,
7912 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY
,
7913 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX
,
7914 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX
,
7915 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA
,
7918 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST
,
7919 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7923 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7925 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7927 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7928 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7929 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7930 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7933 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags
{
7934 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
= 1 << 0,
7935 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT
= 1 << 1,
7938 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */